+ All Categories

PLESK 7

Date post: 26-May-2015
Category:
Upload: webhostingguy
View: 1,986 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
Popular Tags:
164
PLESK 7 ADMINISTRATOR'S MANUAL ©
Transcript
Page 1: PLESK 7

PLESK 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

copy

Table of Contents

iii

PLESK 7

iv

Chapter 1 About Plesk 7

Plesk 7 Capabilities

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 1

About Plesk 7

2 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Additional Benefits

Ease of Use

Security

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 3

Plesk Interface Specific Features

Navigation

About Plesk 7

4 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Pathbar

Help

Working with Lists of Objects

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 5

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 2: PLESK 7

Table of Contents

iii

PLESK 7

iv

Chapter 1 About Plesk 7

Plesk 7 Capabilities

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 1

About Plesk 7

2 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Additional Benefits

Ease of Use

Security

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 3

Plesk Interface Specific Features

Navigation

About Plesk 7

4 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Pathbar

Help

Working with Lists of Objects

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 5

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 3: PLESK 7

PLESK 7

iv

Chapter 1 About Plesk 7

Plesk 7 Capabilities

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 1

About Plesk 7

2 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Additional Benefits

Ease of Use

Security

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 3

Plesk Interface Specific Features

Navigation

About Plesk 7

4 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Pathbar

Help

Working with Lists of Objects

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 5

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 4: PLESK 7

Chapter 1 About Plesk 7

Plesk 7 Capabilities

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 1

About Plesk 7

2 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Additional Benefits

Ease of Use

Security

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 3

Plesk Interface Specific Features

Navigation

About Plesk 7

4 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Pathbar

Help

Working with Lists of Objects

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 5

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 5: PLESK 7

About Plesk 7

2 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Additional Benefits

Ease of Use

Security

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 3

Plesk Interface Specific Features

Navigation

About Plesk 7

4 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Pathbar

Help

Working with Lists of Objects

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 5

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 6: PLESK 7

Additional Benefits

Ease of Use

Security

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 3

Plesk Interface Specific Features

Navigation

About Plesk 7

4 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Pathbar

Help

Working with Lists of Objects

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 5

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 7: PLESK 7

Plesk Interface Specific Features

Navigation

About Plesk 7

4 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Pathbar

Help

Working with Lists of Objects

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 5

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 8: PLESK 7

Pathbar

Help

Working with Lists of Objects

About Plesk 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 5

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 9: PLESK 7

Chapter 2 Configuring Your System

Configuring Access Policy

Managing control panel access

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 10: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

8 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 11: PLESK 7

Setting Session Security Parameters

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 9

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 12: PLESK 7

Setting System Date and Time

Configuring Your System

10 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 13: PLESK 7

Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering

Configuring Mail

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 11

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 14: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

12 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 15: PLESK 7

Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 13

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 16: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

14 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 17: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 15

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 18: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

16 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 19: PLESK 7

Configuring Mailman

Enabling ColdFusion Support

Setting Up Database Administrators Account

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 17

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 20: PLESK 7

Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional

Services

Configuring Your System

18 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 21: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 19

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 22: PLESK 7

Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates

Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates

Repository

Configuring Your System

20 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 23: PLESK 7

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Changing certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 21

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 24: PLESK 7

Downloading a certificate from repository to the local

machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Downloading the certificate currently installed at the

Control Panel

Setting the Control Panel certificate

Adding a certificate to the repository

Configuring Your System

22 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 25: PLESK 7

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Purchasing a Certificate

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 23

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 26: PLESK 7

Uploading certificate parts

Configuring Your System

24 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 27: PLESK 7

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Removing a certificate part

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 25

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 28: PLESK 7

Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo

Configuring Your System

26 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 29: PLESK 7

Setting Up Your Logo

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 27

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 30: PLESK 7

Tracking User Actions

Configuring Your System

28 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 31: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 29

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 32: PLESK 7

Enabling E-mail Notification

Configuring Your System

30 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 33: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 31

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 34: PLESK 7

Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System

Configuring Your System

32 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 35: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 33

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 36: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

34 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 37: PLESK 7

Configuring Your System

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 35

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 38: PLESK 7

Chapter 3 Performing Administrative

Tasks

Editing Administrators Information and Password

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 37

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 39: PLESK 7

Starting and Stopping Plesk Services

Performing Administrative Tasks

38 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 40: PLESK 7

Managing IP Aliasing

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 39

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 41: PLESK 7

Adding a new IP alias

Performing Administrative Tasks

40 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 42: PLESK 7

Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP

address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP

repairing an alias

Selecting a default domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 41

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 43: PLESK 7

Managing the clients granted the IP alias

Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address

Performing Administrative Tasks

42 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 44: PLESK 7

Adding IP alias to clients IP pool

Removing IP alias from clients IP pool

Managing the DNS Zone Template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 43

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 45: PLESK 7

Performing Administrative Tasks

44 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 46: PLESK 7

Configuring SOA records parameters

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 45

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 47: PLESK 7

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

INSERT INTO misc VALUES (SOA_TTL86400)

mysql -uadmin -p`cat etcpsapsashadow` -D psa -e

UPDATE misc SET val=43200 WHERE param=SOA_TTL

usrlocalpsaadminsbindnsmng update domainnamecom

Managing Client Templates

Performing Administrative Tasks

46 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 48: PLESK 7

Creating a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 47

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 49: PLESK 7

Editing a client template

Removing a client template

Performing Administrative Tasks

48 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 50: PLESK 7

Managing Domain Templates

Creating a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 49

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 51: PLESK 7

Performing Administrative Tasks

50 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 52: PLESK 7

Editing a domain template

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 51

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 53: PLESK 7

Removing a domain template

Customizable Buttons

Performing Administrative Tasks

52 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 54: PLESK 7

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 53

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 55: PLESK 7

Managing Virtual Host Skeleton

Performing Administrative Tasks

54 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 56: PLESK 7

Scheduling Crontab Tasks

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 55

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 57: PLESK 7

Performing Administrative Tasks

56 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 58: PLESK 7

Using Application Vault

Adding an application package to the Vault

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 57

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 59: PLESK 7

rpm -i

bbclone-0331-1rpm

Performing Administrative Tasks

58 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 60: PLESK 7

Installing application on domain

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 59

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 61: PLESK 7

Managing User Sessions

Managing Trouble Tickets

Performing Administrative Tasks

60 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 62: PLESK 7

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 61

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 63: PLESK 7

Master Feature

Performing Administrative Tasks

62 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 64: PLESK 7

Registering a Slave Server Account

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 63

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 65: PLESK 7

Performing Administrative Tasks

64 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 66: PLESK 7

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 65

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 67: PLESK 7

Editing a Slave Server Account

Logging on to a Slave Server

Performing Administrative Tasks

66 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 68: PLESK 7

Removing a Slave Server Account

Viewing Server Statistics

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 67

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 69: PLESK 7

Viewing License Key Properties

Performing Administrative Tasks

68 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 70: PLESK 7

Viewing Information on Plesk Components

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 69

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 71: PLESK 7

Submitting a Request for Online Server Support

Performing Administrative Tasks

70 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 72: PLESK 7

Rebooting the System

Shutting Down the System

Performing Administrative Tasks

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 71

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 73: PLESK 7

Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts

Creating a New Client Account

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 73

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 74: PLESK 7

Managing User Accounts

74 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 75: PLESK 7

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 75

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 76: PLESK 7

Managing IP Pool

Managing User Accounts

76 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 77: PLESK 7

Adding IP address to the clients IP pool

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 77

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 78: PLESK 7

Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a

default domain

Managing User Accounts

78 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 79: PLESK 7

Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP

address

Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool

Setting the Permissions for Operations

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 79

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 80: PLESK 7

Setting the Resource Usage Limits

Managing User Accounts

80 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 81: PLESK 7

Setting the Interface Preferences

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 81

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 82: PLESK 7

Editing Client Information

Managing User Accounts

82 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 83: PLESK 7

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 83

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 84: PLESK 7

Viewing the Client Report and Statistics

Viewing traffic history

Customizing a report layout

Managing User Accounts

84 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 85: PLESK 7

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 85

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 86: PLESK 7

Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains

DeactivatingActivating a Client Account

Managing User Accounts

86 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 87: PLESK 7

Performing Group Operations on Accounts

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 87

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 88: PLESK 7

Do not change Enable Disable

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Decrease (-)

units

Removing Client Accounts

Managing User Accounts

88 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 89: PLESK 7

Managing User Accounts

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 89

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 90: PLESK 7

Chapter 5 Administering Domains

Creating a Domain

wwwsw-softcom

aceprogrammercom

abcdecom

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 91

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 91: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

92 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 92: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 93

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 93: PLESK 7

Managing Hosting

Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard

Administering Domains

94 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 94: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 95

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 95: PLESK 7

Configuring Physical Hosting

Physical hosting

httpsnewdomaincom

Administering Domains

96 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 96: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 97

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 97: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

98 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 98: PLESK 7

httpdomainnamewebstat

Configuring Forwarding Hosting

Configuring Standard Forwarding

Standard Forwarding

Configuring Frame Forwarding

Frame Forwarding

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 99

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 99: PLESK 7

Deleting Hosting Configuration

Setting Domain Level Limits

Administering Domains

100 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 100: PLESK 7

Editing Domain Preferences

Customizing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 101

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 101: PLESK 7

Types of DNS Records

Changing DNS Settings

Administering Domains

102 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 102: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 103

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 103: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

104 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 104: PLESK 7

Managing Mail

Managing Mail Names

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 105

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 105: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

106 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 106: PLESK 7

Enabling Mail Services

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 107

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 107: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

108 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 108: PLESK 7

Mailbox

Managing Mail Redirects

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 109

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 109: PLESK 7

Managing Mail Groups

Administering Domains

110 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 110: PLESK 7

Managing Mail Autoresponders

Attachment files repository

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 111

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 111: PLESK 7

in the subject in the body

Administering Domains

112 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 112: PLESK 7

Managing the spam mail filter settings

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 113

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 113: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

114 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 114: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 115

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 115: PLESK 7

Managing Mailing Lists

Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service

Administering Domains

116 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 116: PLESK 7

Creating a new mailing list

Accessing the mailing list administration

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 117

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 117: PLESK 7

Removing mailing lists

Enablingdisabling mailing lists

Managing Domain User Account

Administering Domains

118 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 118: PLESK 7

Registering a Domain with MPC

Accessing Additional Services (Extras)

Managing Databases

Creating a New Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 119

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 119: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

120 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 120: PLESK 7

Editing a Database

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 121

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 121: PLESK 7

Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management

Administering Domains

122 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 122: PLESK 7

Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository

Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate

private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 123

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 123: PLESK 7

Changing a certificate name

Viewing purchased certificates

Downloading a certificate to the local machine

Removing a certificate from repository

Adding a certificate to the repository

Administering Domains

124 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 124: PLESK 7

Generating a self-signed certificate

Generating a Certificate Signing Request

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 125

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 125: PLESK 7

Purchasing a Certificate

Uploading certificate parts

Administering Domains

126 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 126: PLESK 7

Uploading a CA certificate

Generating a CSR using an existing private key

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 127

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 127: PLESK 7

Removing a certificate part

Managing Tomcat Web Applications

Administering Domains

128 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 128: PLESK 7

Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service

Uploading Tomcat web application archive files

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 129

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 129: PLESK 7

Restarting the web applications

Accessing the Tomcat web applications

Administering Domains

130 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 130: PLESK 7

Removing web applications

Managing Web Users

domaincom~webuser

Creating a web user account

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 131

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 131: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

132 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 132: PLESK 7

Editing the web user account properties

Deleting a web user account

Managing Subdomains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 133

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 133: PLESK 7

Managing Protected Directories

Administering Domains

134 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 134: PLESK 7

Creating a protected directory

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 135

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 135: PLESK 7

Editing the protected directory properties

Administering Domains

136 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 136: PLESK 7

Removing a Protected Directory

Managing Anonymous FTP Access

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 137

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 137: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

138 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 138: PLESK 7

Managing Log Files and Log Rotation

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 139

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 139: PLESK 7

Daily Weekly

Monthly

Using File Manager

Administering Domains

140 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 140: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 141

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 141: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

142 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 142: PLESK 7

Using the Domain Application Vault

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 143

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 143: PLESK 7

Accessing Site Builder

Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator

Administering Domains

144 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 144: PLESK 7

Backing Up and Restoring Domains

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 145

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 145: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

146 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 146: PLESK 7

DeactivatingActivating a Domain

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 147

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 147: PLESK 7

Performing Group Operations on Domains

Administering Domains

148 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 148: PLESK 7

Do not change

Unlimited

Value

Increase (+)

Select Decrease (-)

units

Do not change Enable

Disable

by size

by time Daily Weekly

Monthly

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 149

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 149: PLESK 7

Do not change Enable Disable

Bounce

with phrase Catch to address

Do not change Enable Disable

Removing Domains

Administering Domains

150 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 150: PLESK 7

Administering Domains

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 151

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 151: PLESK 7

Appendix A Glossary of Terms

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 153

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 152: PLESK 7

154 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 153: PLESK 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 155

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 154: PLESK 7

156 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 155: PLESK 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 157

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 156: PLESK 7

158 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 157: PLESK 7

ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL 159

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms
Page 158: PLESK 7

160 ADMINISTRATORS MANUAL

  • PLESK 7
  • Table of Contents
  • Chapter 1 About Plesk 7
    • Plesk 7 Capabilities
    • Additional Benefits
      • Ease of Use
      • Security
        • Plesk Interface Specific Features
          • Navigation
          • Pathbar
          • Help
          • Working with Lists of Objects
              • Chapter 2 Configuring Your System
                • Configuring Access Policy
                  • Managing control panel access
                    • Setting Session Security Parameters
                    • Setting System Date and Time
                    • Setting Up Server-wide Mail and Spam Filtering
                      • Configuring Mail
                      • Configuring the Server-wide Spam Filter
                        • Configuring Mailman
                        • Enabling ColdFusion Support
                        • Setting Up Database Administrators Account
                        • Registering Your Server and Managing Access to Additional Services
                        • Managing Control Panel SSL Certificates
                          • Accessing the Control Panel SSL Certificates Repository
                            • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                            • Changing certificate name
                            • Viewing purchased certificates
                            • Downloading a certificate from repository to the local machine
                            • Removing a certificate from repository
                            • Downloading the certificate currently installed at the Control Panel
                            • Setting the Control Panel certificate
                              • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                • Purchasing a Certificate
                                • Uploading certificate parts
                                • Uploading a CA certificate
                                • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                • Removing a certificate part
                                    • Setting System-wide Preferences and Logo
                                      • Setting Up Your Logo
                                        • Tracking User Actions
                                        • Enabling E-mail Notification
                                        • Configuring the Trouble Ticketing System
                                          • Chapter 3 Performing Administrative Tasks
                                            • Editing Administrators Information and Password
                                            • Starting and Stopping Plesk Services
                                            • Managing IP Aliasing
                                              • Adding a new IP alias
                                              • Editing the IP alias properties changing the IP address type assigning a SSL certificate to IP repairing an alias
                                              • Selecting a default domain
                                              • Managing the clients granted the IP alias
                                                • Accessing the list of clients sharing the same IP address
                                                  • Adding IP alias to clients IP pool
                                                  • Removing IP alias from clients IP pool
                                                    • Managing the DNS Zone Template
                                                      • Configuring SOA records parameters
                                                        • Managing Client Templates
                                                          • Creating a client template
                                                          • Editing a client template
                                                          • Removing a client template
                                                            • Managing Domain Templates
                                                              • Creating a domain template
                                                              • Editing a domain template
                                                              • Removing a domain template
                                                                • Customizable Buttons
                                                                • Managing Virtual Host Skeleton
                                                                • Scheduling Crontab Tasks
                                                                • Using Application Vault
                                                                  • Adding an application package to the Vault
                                                                  • Installing application on domain
                                                                    • Managing User Sessions
                                                                    • Managing Trouble Tickets
                                                                    • Master Feature
                                                                      • Registering a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Editing a Slave Server Account
                                                                      • Logging on to a Slave Server
                                                                      • Removing a Slave Server Account
                                                                        • Viewing Server Statistics
                                                                        • Viewing License Key Properties
                                                                        • Viewing Information on Plesk Components
                                                                        • Submitting a Request for Online Server Support
                                                                        • Rebooting the System
                                                                        • Shutting Down the System
                                                                          • Chapter 4 Managing User Accounts
                                                                            • Creating a New Client Account
                                                                              • Managing IP Pool
                                                                                • Adding IP address to the clients IP pool
                                                                                • Viewing the hosting configured for an IP and setting a default domain
                                                                                • Assigning an SSL certificate for an exclusively granted IP address
                                                                                • Removing an IP address from the clients IP pool
                                                                                  • Setting the Permissions for Operations
                                                                                  • Setting the Resource Usage Limits
                                                                                  • Setting the Interface Preferences
                                                                                    • Editing Client Information
                                                                                    • Viewing the Client Report and Statistics
                                                                                      • Viewing traffic history
                                                                                      • Customizing a report layout
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients
                                                                                      • Viewing Traffic Statistics by Clients Domains
                                                                                        • DeactivatingActivating a Client Account
                                                                                        • Performing Group Operations on Accounts
                                                                                        • Removing Client Accounts
                                                                                          • Chapter 5 Administering Domains
                                                                                            • Creating a Domain
                                                                                            • Managing Hosting
                                                                                              • Accessing the Hosting Setup Wizard
                                                                                              • Configuring Physical Hosting
                                                                                              • Configuring Forwarding Hosting
                                                                                                • Configuring Standard Forwarding
                                                                                                • Configuring Frame Forwarding
                                                                                                  • Deleting Hosting Configuration
                                                                                                    • Setting Domain Level Limits
                                                                                                    • Editing Domain Preferences
                                                                                                    • Customizing DNS Settings
                                                                                                      • Types of DNS Records
                                                                                                      • Changing DNS Settings
                                                                                                        • Managing Mail
                                                                                                          • Managing Mail Names
                                                                                                          • Enabling Mail Services
                                                                                                            • Mailbox
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Redirects
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Groups
                                                                                                            • Managing Mail Autoresponders
                                                                                                              • Attachment files repository
                                                                                                                  • Managing the spam mail filter settings
                                                                                                                    • Managing Mailing Lists
                                                                                                                      • Activatingdeactivating the Mailing lists service
                                                                                                                      • Creating a new mailing list
                                                                                                                      • Accessing the mailing list administration
                                                                                                                      • Removing mailing lists
                                                                                                                      • Enablingdisabling mailing lists
                                                                                                                        • Managing Domain User Account
                                                                                                                        • Registering a Domain with MPC
                                                                                                                        • Accessing Additional Services (Extras)
                                                                                                                        • Managing Databases
                                                                                                                          • Creating a New Database
                                                                                                                          • Editing a Database
                                                                                                                            • Domain SSL Certificates Repository Management
                                                                                                                              • Accessing the Domain SSL Certificates Repository
                                                                                                                                • Uploading a certificate file with finding the appropriate private key
                                                                                                                                • Changing a certificate name
                                                                                                                                • Viewing purchased certificates
                                                                                                                                • Downloading a certificate to the local machine
                                                                                                                                • Removing a certificate from repository
                                                                                                                                  • Adding a certificate to the repository
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a self-signed certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a Certificate Signing Request
                                                                                                                                    • Purchasing a Certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading certificate parts
                                                                                                                                    • Uploading a CA certificate
                                                                                                                                    • Generating a CSR using an existing private key
                                                                                                                                    • Removing a certificate part
                                                                                                                                        • Managing Tomcat Web Applications
                                                                                                                                          • Activatingdeactivating the Tomcat service
                                                                                                                                          • Uploading Tomcat web application archive files
                                                                                                                                          • Restarting the web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Accessing the Tomcat web applications
                                                                                                                                          • Removing web applications
                                                                                                                                            • Managing Web Users
                                                                                                                                              • Creating a web user account
                                                                                                                                              • Editing the web user account properties
                                                                                                                                              • Deleting a web user account
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Subdomains
                                                                                                                                                • Managing Protected Directories
                                                                                                                                                  • Creating a protected directory
                                                                                                                                                  • Editing the protected directory properties
                                                                                                                                                  • Removing a Protected Directory
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Anonymous FTP Access
                                                                                                                                                    • Managing Log Files and Log Rotation
                                                                                                                                                    • Using File Manager
                                                                                                                                                    • Using the Domain Application Vault
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Site Builder
                                                                                                                                                    • Accessing Microsoft FrontPage Web Administrator
                                                                                                                                                    • Backing Up and Restoring Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • DeactivatingActivating a Domain
                                                                                                                                                    • Performing Group Operations on Domains
                                                                                                                                                    • Removing Domains
                                                                                                                                                      • Appendix A Glossary of Terms

Recommended